blob: b3c8be49c981bc54dd6bbe721ce567dc3b421712 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
61 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
62 MD->isInstanceMethod());
63 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
64 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
82 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +000090SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
91 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
92 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
93}
94
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000095//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
96// Standard Promotions and Conversions
97//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
98
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000099/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
100void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
101 QualType Ty = E->getType();
102 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
103
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000104 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
105 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000106 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
107 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
108 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
109 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
110 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
111 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
112 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000113 //
114 // C++ 4.2p1:
115 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
116 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
117 //
118 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
119 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000120 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
121 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000122}
123
124/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
125/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
126/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
127/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
128/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
129Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
130 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
131 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
132
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000133 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
134 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
135 else
136 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
137
138 return Expr;
139}
140
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000141/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
142/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
143/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
144void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
145 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
146 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
147
148 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
149 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
150 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
151 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
152
153 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
154}
155
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000156// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
157// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000158void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000159 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
160
161 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
162 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
163 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
164 Expr->getType() << CT;
165 }
166}
167
168
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
170/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
171/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
172/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
173/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
174/// GCC.
175QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
176 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000177 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000178 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000179
180 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000181
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000182 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
183 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000184 QualType lhs =
185 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
186 QualType rhs =
187 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000188
189 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
190 if (lhs == rhs)
191 return lhs;
192
193 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
194 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
195 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
196 return lhs;
197
198 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000199 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000200 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000201 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000202 return destType;
203}
204
205QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
206 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
207 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
208 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
209 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
210 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000211 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
212 lhs = Context.IntTy;
213 else
214 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
215 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
216 rhs = Context.IntTy;
217 else
218 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000219
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000220 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
221 if (lhs == rhs)
222 return lhs;
223
224 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
225 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
226 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
227 return lhs;
228
229 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
230
231 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
232 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
233 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
234 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
235 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return lhs;
237 }
238 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
239 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000240 return rhs;
241 }
242 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
243 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
244 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
245 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
246 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
247 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
248 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
249 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
250 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
251 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
252 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
253
254 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
255 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
257 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000258 }
259 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
260 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
261 // does not require this promotion.
262 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
263 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000264 return rhs;
265 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 return lhs;
267 }
268 }
269 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
270 }
271 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
272 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
273 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000274 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000278 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
279 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
280 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
281 }
282 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000283 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 return rhs;
285 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000286 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
287 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
288 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
289 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
291 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
292 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000293 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000295 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
296 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297 }
298 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
299 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
300 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
301 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
302
303 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
304 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
306 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 return rhs;
308 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
309 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 return lhs;
311 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
312 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 return rhs;
314 }
315 }
316 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
317 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
318 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
319 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
320 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
321 QualType destType;
322 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
323 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
324 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
325 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
326 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
327 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
328 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
329 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
330 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
331 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
332 // use the signed type.
333 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
334 } else {
335 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
336 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
337 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
338 // to the signed type.
339 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
340 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000341 return destType;
342}
343
344//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
345// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
346//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
347
348
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000349/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000350/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
351/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
352/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
353/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000354///
355Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000356Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000357 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
358
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000359 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000361 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000362
363 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
364 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
365 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000366
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000368 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000370
371 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
372 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
373 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000374
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
376 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
377 // strings.
378 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000379 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000380 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000381
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000382 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000383 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
384 Literal.GetStringLength(),
385 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
386 &StringTokLocs[0],
387 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000388}
389
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000390/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
391/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
392/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
393/// for values inside the block or for globals).
394///
395/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
396/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
397/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
398static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
399 ValueDecl *VD) {
400 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
401 // we wanted to.
402 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
403 return false;
404
405 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
406 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
407 return false;
408
409 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
410 // snapshot it.
411 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
412 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
413 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
414
415 return true;
416}
417
418
419
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000420/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000421/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000422/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000423/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000424/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000425Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
426 IdentifierInfo &II,
427 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000428 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
429 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
430 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000431 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000432}
433
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000434/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
435/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
436/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000437DeclRefExpr *
438Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
439 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
440 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000441 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000442 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
443 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000444 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000445 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000446 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000453 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
454 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
455
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000456 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
458 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
459 // this even better.
460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000478Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
480 FieldDecl *Field,
481 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
482 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
483 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
484 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
485 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
486
487 // Construct the sequence of field member references
488 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
489 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
490 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
491 // the current context to the field we found.
492 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
493 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
494 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
495 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
496 do {
497 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
500 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
501 else {
502 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
503 break;
504 }
505 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
506 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
507 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
508
509 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
510 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
511 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
512 // found via name lookup.
513 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
514 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
515 if (BaseObject) {
516 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
517 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000518 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000519 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000520 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000521 ExtraQuals
522 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
523 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
524 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
525 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
526 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
527 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
528 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
529 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
530 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
531 }
532 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
533 } else {
534 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
535 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
536 // program our base object expression is "this".
537 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
538 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
539 QualType AnonFieldType
540 = Context.getTagDeclType(
541 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
542 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
543 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
544 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
545 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
546 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000547 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000548 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000549 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
550 }
551 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000552 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
553 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 }
555 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
556 }
557
558 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000559 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
560 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000561 }
562
563 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
564 // anonymous struct/union.
565 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
566 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
567 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
568 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
569 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
570 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
571 unsigned combinedQualifiers
572 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
573 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
574 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000575 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
576 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000577 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
578 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000581 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000582}
583
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000584/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
585/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
586/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
587/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
588/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
589/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
590/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
591/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
592/// forms.
593///
594/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
595/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
596/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
597/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000598///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000599/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
600/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
601/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
602/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000603Sema::OwningExprResult
604Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
605 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000606 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000607 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000608 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000609 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
610 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000611
612 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
613 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
614 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
615 // names a dependent type.
616 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000617 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
618 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000619 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000620 }
621
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000622 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
623 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000624
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000625 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000626 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
627 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
628 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
629 : SourceRange());
630 return ExprError();
631 } else
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000632 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000633
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000634 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
635 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000636 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
637 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000638 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
639 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000640 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
641 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
642 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000643 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000644 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000645 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
646 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000647 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000648 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
649 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000650 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
651 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
652 // an error.
653 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
654 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
655 << IV->getDeclName());
656 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
657 // same name exists, use the global.
658 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000659 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
660 ClassDeclared != IFace)
661 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000662 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
663 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
664 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
665 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
666 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
667 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
668 true, true);
669 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
670 return Owned(MRef);
671 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000672 }
673 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000674 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
675 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
676 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000677 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
678 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
679 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
680 IFace == ClassDeclared)
681 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
682 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000683 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000684 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000685 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000686 QualType T;
687
688 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
689 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
690 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
691 else
692 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000693 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000694 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000696
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000697 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
698 // argument-dependent lookup.
699 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
700 HasTrailingLParen;
701
702 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000703 // We've seen something of the form
704 //
705 // identifier(
706 //
707 // and we did not find any entity by the name
708 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
709 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
710 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
711 Context.OverloadTy,
712 Loc));
713 }
714
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000715 if (D == 0) {
716 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
717 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000718 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000719 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000720 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000721 else {
722 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
723 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000724 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000725 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
726 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000727 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
728 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000729 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
730 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000731 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000732 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000733 }
734 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000735
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000736 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
737 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
738 // not any specific instance's member.
739 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000740 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000741 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000742 QualType DType;
743 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
744 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
745 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
746 DType = Method->getType();
747 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
748 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
749 }
750 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
751 if (!DType.isNull()) {
752 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
753 // dependent.
754 bool Dependent = false;
755 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
756 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
757 if (DC->isRecord()) {
758 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
759 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
760 Dependent = true;
761 break;
762 }
763 }
764 }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000765 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000766 }
767 }
768 }
769
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000770 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
771 // (C++ [class.union]).
772 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
773 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
774 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000775
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000776 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
777 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
778 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
779 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
780 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
781 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
782 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
783 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
784 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
785 QualType MemberType;
786 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
787 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
788 MemberType = FD->getType();
789
790 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
791 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
792 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
793 unsigned combinedQualifiers
794 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
795 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
796 }
797 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
798 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
799 Ctx = Method->getParent();
800 MemberType = Method->getType();
801 }
802 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
803 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
804 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
805 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
806 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
807 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
808 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
809 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
810 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
811 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
812 break;
813 }
814 }
815 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000816
817 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000818 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
819 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
820 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
821 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
822 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
823 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000824 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000825 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000826 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000827 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000828 }
829 }
830 }
831 }
832
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000833 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000834 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
835 if (MD->isStatic())
836 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000837 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
838 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000839 }
840
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000841 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
842 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
843 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000844 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
845 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000846 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000847
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000848 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000849 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000850 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000851 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000852 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000854
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000855 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000856 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000857 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
858 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000859 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
860 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
861 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000862 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000863
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000864 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
865 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
866 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
867 // that overload resolution actually selects.
868 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
869 return ExprError();
870
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000871 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000872 // Warn about constructs like:
873 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
874 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000875 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
876 Scope *CheckS = S;
877 while (CheckS) {
878 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000879 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000880 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000881 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
882 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000883 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000884 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
885 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000886 break;
887 }
888
889 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
890 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
891 if (CheckS)
892 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
893 }
894 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000895 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
896 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
897 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
898 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
899 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
900 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
901 // type.
902 QualType T = Func->getType();
903 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000904 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
905 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000906 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
907 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000908 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000909
910 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
911 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000912 return ExprError();
913
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000914 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
915 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
916 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
917 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000918 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000919 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
920 // as they do not get snapshotted.
921 //
922 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000923 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
924 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
925
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000926 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000927 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
928 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000929 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000930
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000931 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000932 ExprTy.addConst();
933 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000934 }
935 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
936 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000937
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000938 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000939 bool ValueDependent = false;
940 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
941 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
942 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
943 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
944 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
945 TypeDependent = true;
946 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
947 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
948 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
949 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
950 TypeDependent = true;
951 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
952 // names a dependent type.
953 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000954 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000955 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
956 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000957 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000958 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
959 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
960 TypeDependent = true;
961 break;
962 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000963 }
964 }
965 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000966
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000967 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
968 //
969 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
970 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
971 if (TypeDependent)
972 ValueDependent = true;
973 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
974 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
975 ValueDependent = true;
976 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
977 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
978 // (FIXME!).
979 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000980
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
982 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000983}
984
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000985Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
986 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000987 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000988
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000989 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000990 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000991 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
992 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
993 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000994 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000995
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000996 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
997 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000998 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000999 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1000 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001001 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1002 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1003 else {
1004 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1005 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1006 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1007 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001008
1009
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001010 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001011 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001012 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001013 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001014}
1015
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001017 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1018 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1019 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1020 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001021
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001022 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1023 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1024 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001025 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001026
1027 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1028
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001029 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1030 Literal.isWide(),
1031 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001032}
1033
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001034Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1035 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001036 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1037 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001038 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001039 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001040 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001041 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001042 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001043
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001044 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001045 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1046 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001047 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001048
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001049 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1050 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001052 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1053 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1054 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError();
1056
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001057 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001058
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001059 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001060 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001061 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001062 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001063 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001064 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001065 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001066 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001067
1068 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1069
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001070 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1071 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001072 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1073 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001074
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001075 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001077 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001078 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001079
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001080 // long long is a C99 feature.
1081 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001082 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001083 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1084
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001085 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001086 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001088 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1089 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1090 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001091 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1092 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001093 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001094 } else {
1095 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1096 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001097
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001098 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1099 // be an unsigned int.
1100 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1101
1102 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001103 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001104 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1105 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001106 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001108 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1109 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1110 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1111 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001112 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001113 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001114 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001115 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001116 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001117 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001119 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001120 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001121 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001122
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001123 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1124 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1125 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1126 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001127 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001128 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001129 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001130 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001131 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132 }
1133
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001134 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001135 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001136 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001137
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001138 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1139 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1140 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1141 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001143 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001144 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001145 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001146 }
1147 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001149 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1150 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001151 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001152 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001153 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001154 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001155 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001157 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1158 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001159 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001160 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001161 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001163 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1164 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001165 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1166 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167
1168 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001169}
1170
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1172 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1173 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001174 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001175 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001176}
1177
1178/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1179/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001180bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001181 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1182 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1183 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001184 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1185 return false;
1186
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001187 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001188 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001189 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001190 if (isSizeof)
1191 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1192 return false;
1193 }
1194
1195 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001196 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1197 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001198 return false;
1199 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001200
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001201 return RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001202 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1203 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1204 ExprRange);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001205}
1206
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001207bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1208 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1209 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001210
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001211 // alignof decl is always ok.
1212 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1213 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001214
1215 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1216 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1217 return false;
1218
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001219 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1220 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1221 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001222 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001223 return true;
1224 }
1225 // Other fields are ok.
1226 return false;
1227 }
1228 }
1229 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1230}
1231
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001232/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1233Action::OwningExprResult
1234Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1235 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1236 if (T.isNull())
1237 return ExprError();
1238
1239 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1240 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1241 return ExprError();
1242
1243 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1244 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1245 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1246 R.getEnd()));
1247}
1248
1249/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1250/// operand.
1251Action::OwningExprResult
1252Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1253 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1254 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1255 bool isInvalid = false;
1256 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1257 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1258 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1259 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1260 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1261 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1262 isInvalid = true;
1263 } else {
1264 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1265 }
1266
1267 if (isInvalid)
1268 return ExprError();
1269
1270 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1271 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1272 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1273 R.getEnd()));
1274}
1275
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001276/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1277/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1278/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001279Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001280Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1281 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001282 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001283 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001284
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001285 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001286 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1287 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1288 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001289
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001290 // Get the end location.
1291 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1292 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1293 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1294
1295 if (Result.isInvalid())
1296 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1297
1298 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001299}
1300
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001301QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001302 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1303 return Context.DependentTy;
1304
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001305 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1306
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001307 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001308 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1309 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001310
1311 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1312 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1313 return V->getType();
1314
1315 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001316 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1317 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001318 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001319}
1320
1321
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001322
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001323Action::OwningExprResult
1324Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1325 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1326 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001327
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001328 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1329 switch (Kind) {
1330 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1331 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1332 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1333 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001334
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001335 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1336 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1337 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001338 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001339 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1340
1341 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1342 //
1343 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1344 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1345 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1346 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1347 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1348 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1349 // argument will have value zero.
1350 Expr *Args[2] = {
1351 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001352 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1353 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001354 };
1355
1356 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1357 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001358 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001359
1360 // Perform overload resolution.
1361 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1362 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1363 case OR_Success: {
1364 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1365 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1366
1367 if (FnDecl) {
1368 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1369 // operator.
1370
1371 // Convert the arguments.
1372 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1373 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001374 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001375 } else {
1376 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001377 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001378 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1379 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001380 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001381 }
1382
1383 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001384 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001385 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1386 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001387
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001388 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001389 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001390 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001391 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1392
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001393 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001394 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1395 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1396 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001397 } else {
1398 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1399 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1400 // operator node.
1401 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1402 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001403 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001404
1405 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001406 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001407 }
1408
1409 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1410 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1411 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1412 break;
1413
1414 case OR_Ambiguous:
1415 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1416 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1417 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1418 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001419 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001420
1421 case OR_Deleted:
1422 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1423 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1424 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1425 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1426 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1427 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001428 }
1429
1430 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1431 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1432 // build a built-in operation.
1433 }
1434
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001435 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1436 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001437 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001438 return ExprError();
1439 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001440 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001441}
1442
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001443Action::OwningExprResult
1444Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1445 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1446 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1447 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001448
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001449 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001450 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001451 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1452 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1453 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001454 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1455 // to the candidate set.
1456 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1457 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001458 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1459 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001460
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001461 // Perform overload resolution.
1462 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1463 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1464 case OR_Success: {
1465 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1466 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1467
1468 if (FnDecl) {
1469 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1470 // operator.
1471
1472 // Convert the arguments.
1473 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1474 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1475 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1476 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1477 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001478 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001479 } else {
1480 // Convert the arguments.
1481 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1482 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1483 "passing") ||
1484 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1485 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1486 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001487 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001488 }
1489
1490 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001491 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001492 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1493 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001494
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001495 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001496 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1497 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001498 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1499
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500 Base.release();
1501 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001502 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1503 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001504 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001505 } else {
1506 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1507 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1508 // operator node.
1509 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1510 "passing") ||
1511 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1512 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001514
1515 break;
1516 }
1517 }
1518
1519 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1520 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1521 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1522 break;
1523
1524 case OR_Ambiguous:
1525 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1526 << "[]"
1527 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1528 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001530
1531 case OR_Deleted:
1532 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1533 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1534 << "[]"
1535 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1536 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1537 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001538 }
1539
1540 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1541 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1542 // build a built-in operation.
1543 }
1544
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001545 // Perform default conversions.
1546 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1547 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001549 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001550
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001551 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001552 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001553 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001554 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001555 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1556 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001557 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1558 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1559 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1560 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1561 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001562 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1563 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1564 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1565 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001566 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001567 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001568 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1569 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1570 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1571 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001572 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1573 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001574 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001575
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001576 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1577 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001578 } else {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1580 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1581 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001582 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001583 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001584 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1585 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001586
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001587 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1588 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1589 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1590 // incomplete types are not object types.
1591 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1592 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1593 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1594 return ExprError();
1595 }
1596 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
1597 RequireCompleteType(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), ResultType,
1598 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
1599 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1600 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001601
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 Base.release();
1603 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001604 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001605 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001606}
1607
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001608QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001609CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001610 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001611 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001612
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001613 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1614 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001615
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001616 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001617 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1618 // to be selected.
1619 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001620
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001621 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1622 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1623 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001624
1625 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1626 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001627 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001628 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1629 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001630 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001631 do
1632 compStr++;
1633 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001634 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001635 do
1636 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001637 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001638 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001639
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001640 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001641 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1642 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1644 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001645 return QualType();
1646 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001647
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001648 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1649 // operates on.
1650 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1651 compStr = CompName.getName();
1652
1653 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001654 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001655
1656 while (*compStr) {
1657 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1658 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1659 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1660 return QualType();
1661 }
1662 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001663 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001664
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001665 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1666 // number of elements.
1667 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001668 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001669 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001670 return QualType();
1671 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001672
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001673 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001674 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001675 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001676 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001677 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001678 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1679 : CompName.getLength();
1680 if (HexSwizzle)
1681 CompSize--;
1682
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001683 if (CompSize == 1)
1684 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001685
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001686 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001687 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001688 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1689 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1690 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1691 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001692 }
1693 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001694}
1695
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001696static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1697 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1698 const Selector &Sel) {
1699
1700 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
1701 return PD;
1702 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
1703 return OMD;
1704
1705 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1706 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1707 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel))
1708 return D;
1709 }
1710 return 0;
1711}
1712
1713static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1714 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1715 const Selector &Sel) {
1716 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1717 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1718 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1719 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1720 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
1721 GDecl = PD;
1722 break;
1723 }
1724 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1725 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
1726 GDecl = OMD;
1727 break;
1728 }
1729 }
1730 if (!GDecl) {
1731 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1732 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1733 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
1734 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel);
1735 if (GDecl)
1736 return GDecl;
1737 }
1738 }
1739 return GDecl;
1740}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001741
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001742Action::OwningExprResult
1743Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1744 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001745 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001746 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001747 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001748 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001749
1750 // Perform default conversions.
1751 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001752
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001753 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1754 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001755
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001756 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1757 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001758 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001759 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001760 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001761 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001762 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1763 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001764 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001765 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1766 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1767 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001768 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001769
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001770 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1771 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001772 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001773 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001774 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001775 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1776 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1777 return ExprError();
1778
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001779 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001780 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1781 // than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001782 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001783 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001784 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001785
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001786 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001787 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1788 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001789 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001790 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1791 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1792 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001793 }
1794
1795 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001796
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001797 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1798 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1799 // error cases.
1800 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1801 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001802
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001803 // Check the use of this field
1804 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1805 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001806
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001807 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001808 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1809 // (C++ [class.union]).
1810 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001811 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001812 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001813
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001814 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1815 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001816 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001817 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1818 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1819 else {
1820 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1821 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001822 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001823 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1824 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1825 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001826
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001827 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1828 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001829 }
1830
1831 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001832 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001833 Var, MemberLoc,
1834 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1835 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001836 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001837 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1838 MemberFn->getType()));
1839 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1840 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001841 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001842 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1843 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001844 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1845 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001846 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001847 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1848 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001849
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001850 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1851 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1852 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001853 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1854 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1855 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001856 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001857
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001858 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1859 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001860 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001861 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1862 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member,
1863 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001864 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1865 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1866 // error cases.
1867 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1868 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001869
1870 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1871 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1872 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001873 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1874 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001875 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1876 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1877 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001878 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1879 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1880 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1881 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1882 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1883 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1884 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001885 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001886 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1887 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1888 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1889 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1890 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1891 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001892 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001893
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001894 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001895 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001896 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001897 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1898 }
1899 // @protected
1900 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1901 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1902 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001903
1904 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001905 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianefc4c4b2008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001906 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1907 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001908 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001909 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001910 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1911 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1912 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001913 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001914
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001915 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1916 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1917 const PointerType *PTy;
1918 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1919 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1920 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1921 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001922
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001923 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001924 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001925 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1926 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1927 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001928
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001929 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001930 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1931 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001932
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001933 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001934 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1935 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001936 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001937 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1938 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1939 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001940
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001941 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001942 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1943 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001944
1945 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1946 // selector is implemented.
1947
1948 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1949 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1950
1951 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1952 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001953
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001954 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1955 if (!Getter)
Steve Narofff1787282009-03-11 15:15:01 +00001956 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1957 ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1958 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001959
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001960 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1961 if (!Getter) {
1962 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1963 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1964 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1965 }
1966 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001967 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001968 // Check if we can reference this property.
1969 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1970 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001971 }
1972 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1973 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1974 Selector SetterSel =
1975 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1976 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
1977 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1978 if (!Setter) {
1979 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1980 // methods.
Steve Narofff1787282009-03-11 15:15:01 +00001981 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1982 ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1983 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001984 }
1985 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1986 if (!Setter) {
1987 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1988 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1989 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001990 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001991 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001992
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001993 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1994 return ExprError();
1995
1996 if (Getter || Setter) {
1997 QualType PType;
1998
1999 if (Getter)
2000 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2001 else {
2002 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2003 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2004 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2005 }
2006 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2007 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2008 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2009 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002010 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2011 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002012 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002013 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2014 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2015 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2016 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002017 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2018 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel)) {
2019 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002020 // Check the use of this declaration
2021 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2022 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002023
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002024 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002025 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2026 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002027 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002028 // Check the use of this method.
2029 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2030 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002031
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002032 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002033 OMD->getResultType(),
2034 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2035 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002036 }
2037 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002038
2039 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2040 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002041 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002042 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2043 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2044 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2045 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2046 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002047 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2048 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002049 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002050 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002051 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002052 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002053 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002054 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002055 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2056 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2057 Selector SetterSel =
2058 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2059 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2060 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2061 if (!Setter) {
2062 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2063 // methods.
2064 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
2065 ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
2066 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
2067 }
2068 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2069 if (!Setter) {
2070 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2071 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2072 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2077 return ExprError();
2078
2079 if (Getter || Setter) {
2080 QualType PType;
2081
2082 if (Getter)
2083 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2084 else {
2085 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2086 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2087 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2088 }
2089 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2090 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2091 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2092 }
2093 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2094 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002095 }
2096 }
2097
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002098 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002099 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002100 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2101 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002102 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002103 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002104 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002105 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002106
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002107 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2108 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2109
2110 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2111 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2112 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2113 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2114 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2115 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2116 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2117 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2118 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2119 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2120 }
2121
2122 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002123}
2124
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002125/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2126/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2127/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2128/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2129/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2130/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002131bool
2132Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002133 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002134 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002135 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2136 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002137 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002138 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2140 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002141 bool Invalid = false;
2142
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002143 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2144 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2145 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2146 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2147 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2148 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2149 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2150 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002151 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002152 }
2153
2154 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2155 // them.
2156 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2157 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2158 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2159 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2160 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2161 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2162 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2163 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002164 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002165 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002166 }
2167 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2168 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002169
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002170 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2171 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2172 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002173
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002174 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002175 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002176 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002177
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002178 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2179 ProtoArgType,
2180 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2181 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2182 return true;
2183
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002184 // Pass the argument.
2185 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2186 return true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002187 } else
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002188 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002189 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002190 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002191
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002192 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2193 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002194
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002195 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2196 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002197 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2198 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2199 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2200 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2201 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2202
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002203 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2204 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2205 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002206 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002207 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2208 }
2209 }
2210
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002211 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002212}
2213
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002214/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002215/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2216/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002217Action::OwningExprResult
2218Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2219 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002220 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002221 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2222 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2223 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002224 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002225 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002226 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002227
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002228 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002229 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002230 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002231 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2232 bool Dependent = false;
2233 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2234 Dependent = true;
2235 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2236 Dependent = true;
2237
2238 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002239 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002240 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2241
2242 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2243 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2244 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2245 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2246
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002247 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002248 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2249 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2250 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002251 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2252 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002253 }
2254
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002255 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002256 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002257 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2258 bool ADL = true;
2259 while (true) {
2260 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2261 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2262 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002263 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002264 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002265 ADL = false;
2266 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2267 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002268 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002269 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2270 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002271 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2272 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2273 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2274 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002275 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002276 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2277 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2278 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002279 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002280 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2281 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2282 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002283 break;
2284 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002285 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002286
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002287 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2288 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002289 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002290 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2291 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002292
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002293 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002294 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002295 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002296 ADL = false;
2297
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002298 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2299 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2300 ADL = false;
2301
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002302 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002303 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2304 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002305 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2306 if (!FDecl)
2307 return ExprError();
2308
2309 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2310 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002311 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002312 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002313 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2314 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2315 false, false,
2316 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2317 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002318 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002319 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002320 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2321 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2322 Fn = NewFn;
2323 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002324 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002325
2326 // Promote the function operand.
2327 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2328
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002329 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2330 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002331 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2332 Args, NumArgs,
2333 Context.BoolTy,
2334 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002335
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002336 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2337 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2338 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2339 // have type pointer to function".
2340 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2341 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002342 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2343 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002344 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2345 } else { // This is a block call.
2346 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2347 getAsFunctionType();
2348 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002349 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002350 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2351 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2352
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002353 // Check for a valid return type
2354 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2355 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2356 FuncT->getResultType(),
2357 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2358 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2359 return ExprError();
2360
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002361 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002362 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002363
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002364 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002365 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002366 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002367 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002368 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002369 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002370
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002371 if (FDecl) {
2372 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2373 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2374 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
2375 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
2376 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2377 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2378 }
2379
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002380 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002381 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2382 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2383 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002384 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2385 Arg->getType(),
2386 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2387 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2388 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002389 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002390 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002391 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002392
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002393 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2394 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002395 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2396 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002397
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002398 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002399 if (FDecl)
2400 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002401
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002402 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002403}
2404
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002405Action::OwningExprResult
2406Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2407 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002408 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002409 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002410 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002411 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002412 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002413
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002414 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002415 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002416 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2417 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002418 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002419 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2420 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002421 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002422
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002423 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002424 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002425 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002426
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002427 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002428 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002429 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002430 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002431 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002432 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002433 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002434 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002435}
2436
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002437Action::OwningExprResult
2438Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002439 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2440 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2441 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002442
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002443 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002444 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002445
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002446 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002447 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002448 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002449 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002450}
2451
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002452/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002453bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002454 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2455
2456 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2457 // type needs to be scalar.
2458 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2459 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002460 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2461 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002462 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002463 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2464 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2465 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2466 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002467 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002468 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2469 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2470 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2471 // GCC cast to union extension
2472 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2473 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2474 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2475 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2476 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2477 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2478 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2479 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2480 break;
2481 }
2482 }
2483 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2484 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2485 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2486 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002487 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002488 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002489 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002490 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002491 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002492 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002493 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2494 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002495 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002496 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2497 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2498 return true;
2499 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2500 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2501 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002502 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Chris Lattnere6ee6ba2009-03-05 23:09:00 +00002503 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002504 }
2505 return false;
2506}
2507
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002508bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002509 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002510
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002511 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002512 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002513 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002514 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002515 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002516 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002517 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002518 } else
2519 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002520 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002521 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002522
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002523 return false;
2524}
2525
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002526Action::OwningExprResult
2527Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2528 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2529 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2530 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002531
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002532 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002533 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2534
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002535 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002536 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002537 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002538 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002539}
2540
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002541/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2542/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002543/// C99 6.5.15
2544QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2545 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002546 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2547 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2548 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2549 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2550 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2551 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002552
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002553 // first, check the condition.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002554 if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2555 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2556 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2557 << CondTy;
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002558 return QualType();
2559 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002560 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002561
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002562 // Now check the two expressions.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002563 if ((LHS && LHS->isTypeDependent()) || (RHS && RHS->isTypeDependent()))
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002564 return Context.DependentTy;
2565
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002566 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2567 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002568 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2569 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2570 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002571 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002572
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002573 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2574 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002575 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2576 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002577 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002578 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002579 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002580 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002581 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002582 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002583
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002584 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002585 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002586 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2587 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2588 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2589 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2590 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2591 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2592 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2593 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2594 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002595 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002596 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002597 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2598 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002599 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2600 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2601 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2602 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2603 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002604 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002605 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2606 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2607 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2608 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2609 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002610 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002611
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002612 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2613 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002614 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2615 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002616 // get the "pointed to" types
2617 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2618 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002619
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002620 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2621 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002622 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002623 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2624 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002625 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002626 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2627 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002628 return destType;
2629 }
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002630 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002631 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002632 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002633 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2634 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002635 return destType;
2636 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002637
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002638 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattnerb4650c12009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002639 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002640 return LHSTy;
2641 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002642
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002643 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002644
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002645 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2646 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002647 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002648 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002649 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2650 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2651 // type. This allows
2652 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2653 // where B is a subclass of A.
2654 //
2655 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2656 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2657 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2658 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2659
Steve Naroff1fd03612009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002660 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002661 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002662 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2663 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2664 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2665 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002666 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002667 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor7ffd0de2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002668 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002669 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002670 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2671 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002672 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2673 } else {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002674 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002675 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002676 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002677 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002678 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2679 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002680 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002681 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002682 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002683 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002684 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2685 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002686 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2687 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2688 // to get a consistent AST.
2689 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002690 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2691 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002692 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002693 }
2694 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002695 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2696 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2697 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2698 // type.
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002699 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002700 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002701 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2702 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002703 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002704 }
2705 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002706
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002707 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2708 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2709 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2710 return LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002711
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002712 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2713 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002714 // id with statically typed objects).
2715 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002716 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2717 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2718 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002719 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002720 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002721 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2722 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2723 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002724 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2725 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2726 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2727 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2728 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2729 // cases. Investigate.
2730 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002731 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2732 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002733 return compositeType;
2734 }
2735 }
2736
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002737 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002738 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2739 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002740 return QualType();
2741}
2742
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002743/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002744/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002745Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2746 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2747 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2748 ExprArg RHS) {
2749 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2750 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002751
2752 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2753 // was the condition.
2754 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2755 if (isLHSNull)
2756 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002757
2758 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00002759 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002760 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002761 return ExprError();
2762
2763 Cond.release();
2764 LHS.release();
2765 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002766 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002767 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2768 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002769}
2770
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002771
2772// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002773// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002774// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2775// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2776// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002777Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002778Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2779 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002780
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002781 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002782 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2783 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002784
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002785 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002786 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2787 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002788
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002789 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002790
2791 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2792 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2793 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002794 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002795 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002796 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002797
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002798 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2799 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002800 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002801 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002802 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002803 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002804
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002805 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002806 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2807 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002808 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002809
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002810 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002811 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002812 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002813
2814 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002815 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2816 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002817 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002818 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002819 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002820 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2821 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2822 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2823 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2824 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2825 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2826 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2827 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2828 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2829 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2830 }
2831 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2832 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2833 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2834 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2835 }
2836 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2837 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2838 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2839 // warning can be disabled.
2840 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2841 return ConvTy;
2842 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2843 }
2844 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2845 return IncompatiblePointer;
2846 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002847 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002848}
2849
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002850/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2851/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2852/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2853// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002854Sema::AssignConvertType
2855Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002856 QualType rhsType) {
2857 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002858
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002859 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2860 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002861 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2862
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002863 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2864 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2865 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002866
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002867 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002868
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002869 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2870 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2871 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002872
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002873 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002874 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002875 return ConvTy;
2876}
2877
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002878/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2879/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002880/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2881///
2882/// int a, *pint;
2883/// short *pshort;
2884/// struct foo *pfoo;
2885///
2886/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2887/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2888/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2889/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2890///
2891/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002892/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002893///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002894Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002895Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002896 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2897 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002898 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2899 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002900
2901 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002902 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00002903
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002904 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2905 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2906 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2907 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2908 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2909 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2910 // type.
2911 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2912 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002913 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002914 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002915 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002916
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002917 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2918 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002919 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002920 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2921 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2922 return IntToPointer;
2923 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2924 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002925 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002926 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002927
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002928 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002929 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002930 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2931 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002932 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002933
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002934 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002935 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002936 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002937 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2938 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002939 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002940 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002941 }
2942 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002943 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002944
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002945 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002946 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002947
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002948 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002949 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002950 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002951
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002952 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002953 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002954
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002955 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002956 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002957 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002958
2959 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2960 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2961 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2962 return Compatible;
2963 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002964 return Incompatible;
2965 }
2966
2967 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2968 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00002969 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002970
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002971 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2972 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2973 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2974 return Compatible;
2975
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002976 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2977 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002978
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002979 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2980 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002981 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002982 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002983 return Incompatible;
2984 }
2985
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002986 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002987 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002988 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2989 return Compatible;
2990
2991 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002992 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002993
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002994 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002995 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002996
2997 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002998 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002999 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003000 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003001 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003002
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003003 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003004 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003005 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003006 }
3007 return Incompatible;
3008}
3009
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003010Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003011Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003012 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3013 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3014 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3015 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3016 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003017 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3018 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003019 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00003020 else
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003021 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003022 }
3023
3024 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3025 // structures.
3026 }
3027
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003028 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3029 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003030 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3031 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003032 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003033 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003034 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003035 return Compatible;
3036 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003037
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003038 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003039 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003040 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003041 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003042 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003043 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003044 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3045 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003046
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003047 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3048 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003049
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003050 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3051 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003052 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3053 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3054 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3055 // does not have reference type.
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003056 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003057 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003058 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003059}
3060
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003061Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003062Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3063 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3064}
3065
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003066QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003067 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003068 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003069 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003070 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003071}
3072
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003073inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003074 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003075 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003076 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003077 QualType lhsType =
3078 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3079 QualType rhsType =
3080 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003081
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003082 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003083 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003084 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003085
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003086 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3087 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003088 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3089 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3090 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003091 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3092 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003093 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003094 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003095 }
3096 }
3097 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003098
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003099 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3100 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003101 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003102 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003103
3104 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003105 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3106 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003107 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003108 return lhsType;
3109 }
3110 }
3111
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003112 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003113 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003114 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003115 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3116
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003117 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003118 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3119 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003120 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003121 return rhsType;
3122 }
3123 }
3124
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003125 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003126 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003127 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003128 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003129 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003130}
3131
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003132inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003133 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003134{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003135 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003136 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003138 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003139
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003140 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003141 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003142 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003143}
3144
3145inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003146 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003147{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003148 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3149 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3150 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3151 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3152 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003153
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003154 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003155
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003156 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003157 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003158 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003159}
3160
3161inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003162 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003163{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003164 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3165 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3166 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3167 return compType;
3168 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003169
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003170 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003171
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003172 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003173 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3174 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3175 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003176 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003177 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003178
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003179 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3180 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3181 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3182 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3183
3184 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3185 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3186 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003187 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3188 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3189 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003190 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003191 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003192 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003193
3194 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3195 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3196 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3197 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3198 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3199 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3200 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3201 return QualType();
3202 }
3203
3204 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3205 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3206 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3207 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3208 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3209 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3210 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3211 lex->getType()))
3212 return QualType();
3213
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003214 if (CompLHSTy) {
3215 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3216 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3217 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3218 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3219 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003220 return PExp->getType();
3221 }
3222 }
3223
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003224 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003225}
3226
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003227// C99 6.5.6
3228QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003229 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3230 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3231 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3232 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3233 return compType;
3234 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003235
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003236 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003237
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003238 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003239
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003240 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003241 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3242 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003243 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003244 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003245
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003246 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3247 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003248 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003249
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003250 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003251
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003252 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3253 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3254 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3255 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3256 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3257 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3258 return QualType();
3259 }
3260
3261 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3262 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3263 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3264 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3265 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003266 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003267 return QualType();
3268 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003269
3270 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3271 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3272 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3273 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3274 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3275 lex->getSourceRange(),
3276 SourceRange(),
3277 lex->getType()))
3278 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003279
3280 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003281 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3282 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3283 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3284 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3285 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3286 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3287 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3288 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3289
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003290 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003291 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003292 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003293
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003294 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3295 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003296 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003297
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003298 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3299 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3300 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3301 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3302 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3303 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3304 return QualType();
3305 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003306
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003307 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3308 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3309 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3310 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003311 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003312 return QualType();
3313 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003314
3315 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3316 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3317 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3318 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3319 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3320 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3321 rex->getSourceRange(),
3322 SourceRange(),
3323 rex->getType()))
3324 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003325
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003326 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003327 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003328 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003329 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003330 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003331 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003332 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003333 return QualType();
3334 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003335
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003336 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3337 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3338 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3339 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3340 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3341 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3342 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003343
3344 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003345 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3346 }
3347 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003348
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003349 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003350}
3351
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003352// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003353QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003354 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003355 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3356 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003357 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003358
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003359 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3360 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003361 QualType LHSTy;
3362 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3363 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3364 else
3365 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003366 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003367 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3368
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003369 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003370
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003371 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003372 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003373}
3374
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003375// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003376QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003377 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003378 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003379 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003380
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003381 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003382 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3383 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3384 else {
3385 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3386 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3387 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003388 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3389 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003390
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003391 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003392 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3393 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3394 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003395 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3396 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003397 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3398 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3399 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3400 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003401 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3402 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003403 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003404
3405 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3406 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3407 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3408 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3409
3410 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3411 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
3412 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
3413 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context))
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003414 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3415 << lex->getSourceRange()
3416 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3417 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3418 "strcmp(")
3419 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3420 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
3421 ") == 0");
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003422 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3423 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
3424 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context))
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003425 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3426 << rex->getSourceRange()
3427 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3428 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3429 "strcmp(")
3430 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3431 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
3432 ") == 0");
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003433 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003434
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003435 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003436 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003437
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003438 if (isRelational) {
3439 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003440 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003441 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003442 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003443 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003444 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003445 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003446 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003447
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003448 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003449 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003450 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003451
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003452 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3453 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003454
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003455 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3456 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3457 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003458 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003459 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003460 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003461 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003462 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003463
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003464 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003465 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3466 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003467 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003468 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003469 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003470 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003471 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003472 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003473 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003474 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003475 // Handle block pointer types.
3476 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3477 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3478 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003479
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003480 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3481 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003482 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003483 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003484 }
3485 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003486 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003487 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003488 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3489 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3490 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3491 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003492 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003493 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003494 }
3495 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003496 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003497 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003498
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003499 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003500 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003501 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3502 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003503 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003504 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003505 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003506 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003507
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003508 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3509 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003510 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003511 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003512 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003513 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003514 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003515 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003516 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003517 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003518 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3519 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003520 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003521 } else {
3522 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003523 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003524 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003525 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003526 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003527 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003528 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003529 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003530 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003531 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003532 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003533 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003534 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003535 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003536 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003537 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003538 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003539 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003540 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003541 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003542 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003543 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003544 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003545 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003546 // Handle block pointers.
3547 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3548 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003549 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003550 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003551 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003552 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003553 }
3554 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3555 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003556 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003557 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003558 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003559 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003560 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003561 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003562}
3563
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003564/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003565/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003566/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3567/// types.
3568QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003569 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003570 bool isRelational) {
3571 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3572 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003573 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003574 if (vType.isNull())
3575 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003576
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003577 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3578 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003579
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003580 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3581 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3582 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3583 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3584 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3585 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3586 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003587 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003588 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003589
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003590 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3591 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3592 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003593 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003594 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003595
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003596 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3597 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3598 if (1) {
3599 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3600 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3601 return QualType();
3602 }
3603
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003604 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3605 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3606 // elements for floating point vectors.
3607 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3608 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003609
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003610 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003611 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003612 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003613 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003614 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003615 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3616
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003617 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003618 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003619 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3620}
3621
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003622inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003623 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003624{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00003625 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003626 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003627
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003628 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003629
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003630 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003631 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003632 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003633}
3634
3635inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003636 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003637{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003638 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3639 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003640
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003641 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003642 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003643 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003644}
3645
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003646/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3647/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3648/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3649///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003650static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003651{
3652 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3653 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3654 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3655 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3656 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003657 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003658 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3659 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3660 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3661 return true;
3662 }
3663 }
3664 return false;
3665}
3666
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003667/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3668/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3669static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003670 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3671 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3672 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003673 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3674 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003675
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003676 unsigned Diag = 0;
3677 bool NeedType = false;
3678 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3679 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3680 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003681 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003682 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3683 NeedType = true;
3684 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003685 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003686 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3687 NeedType = true;
3688 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003689 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003690 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3691 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003692 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003693 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3694 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003695 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3696 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003697 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003698 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3699 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003700 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003701 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3702 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003703 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003704 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3705 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003706 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3707 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3708 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003709 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3710 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3711 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003712 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003713
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003714 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003715 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003716 else
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003717 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003718 return true;
3719}
3720
3721
3722
3723// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003724QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3725 SourceLocation Loc,
3726 QualType CompoundType) {
3727 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3728 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003729 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003730
3731 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3732 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003733
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003734 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003735 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003736 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003737 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003738 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3739 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3740 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3741 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3742 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3743 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3744 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003745
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003746 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3747 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3748 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003749 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003750 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3751 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3752 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3753 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3754 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003755 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003756 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003757 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3758 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3759 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003760 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3761 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3763 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3764 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003765 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003766 }
3767 } else {
3768 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003769 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003770 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003771
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003772 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3773 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003774 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003775
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003776 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3777 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003778 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003779 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3780 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003781 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3782 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003783 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003784}
3785
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003786// C99 6.5.17
3787QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003788 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003789 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003790
3791 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3792 // incomplete in C++).
3793
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003794 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003795}
3796
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003797/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3798/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003799QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3800 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003801 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3802 return Context.DependentTy;
3803
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003804 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3805 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003806
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003807 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3808 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3809 if (!isInc) {
3810 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3811 return QualType();
3812 }
3813 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3814 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3815 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003816 // OK!
3817 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3818 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003819 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003820 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3821 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3822 << Op->getSourceRange();
3823 return QualType();
3824 }
3825
3826 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003827 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003828 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003829 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3830 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3831 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3832 return QualType();
3833 }
3834
3835 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003836 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003837 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3838 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3839 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3840 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003841 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003842 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3843 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3844 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003845 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003846 } else {
3847 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003848 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003849 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003850 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003851 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003852 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003853 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003854 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003855 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003856}
3857
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003858/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003859/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003860/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3861/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3862/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3863/// - &(x) => x
3864/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3865/// - &s.xx => s
3866/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3867/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3868/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3869/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003870static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003871 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003872 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003873 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003874 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003875 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003876 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3877 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003878 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003879 return 0;
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003880 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003881 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003882 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003883
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003884 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar48d04ae2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003885 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlssonf2a4b842008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003886 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003887 return 0;
3888 else
3889 return VD;
3890 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003891 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3892 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003893
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003894 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3895 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3896 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003897 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3898 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3899 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3900 return 0;
3901 return VD;
3902 }
3903 return 0;
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003904 }
3905 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3906 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3907 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3908 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3909 default:
3910 return 0;
3911 }
3912 }
3913 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3914 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3915
3916 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3917 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3918
3919 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3920 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3921 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3922 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3923 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3924 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3925 }
3926 }
3927
3928 return 0;
3929 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003930 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003931 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003932 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3933 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003934 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003935 default:
3936 return 0;
3937 }
3938}
3939
3940/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003941/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003942/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003943/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003944/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003945/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003946/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003947QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003948 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3949 return Context.DependentTy;
3950
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003951 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3952 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3953 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3954 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3955 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3956 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3957 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3958 }
3959 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3960 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3961 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003962 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003963 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003964
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003965 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003966 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3967 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003968 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3969 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003970 return QualType();
3971 }
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003972 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003973 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3974 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3975 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3976 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3977 return QualType();
3978 }
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003979 }
3980 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00003981 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3982 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003983 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00003984 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003985 return QualType();
3986 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003987 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003988 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3989 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3990 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003991 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3992 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003993 return QualType();
3994 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003995 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003996 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003997 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3998 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00003999 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4000 // scope qualifier for the class.
4001 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4002 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4003 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4004 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4005 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4006 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004007 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4008 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004009 // As above.
4010 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4011 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4012 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4013 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4014 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4015 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004016 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004017 else
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004018 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004019 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004020
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004021 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4022 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4023}
4024
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004025QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004026 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4027 return Context.DependentTy;
4028
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004029 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4030 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004031
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004032 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4033 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4034 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4035 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4036 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004037 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004038
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004039 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004040 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004041 return QualType();
4042}
4043
4044static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4045 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4046 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4047 switch (Kind) {
4048 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004049 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4050 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004051 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4052 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4053 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4054 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4055 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4056 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4057 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4058 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4059 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4060 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4061 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4062 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4063 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4064 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4065 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4066 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4067 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4068 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4069 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4070 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4071 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4072 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4073 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4074 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4075 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4076 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4077 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4078 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4079 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4080 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4081 }
4082 return Opc;
4083}
4084
4085static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4086 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4087 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4088 switch (Kind) {
4089 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4090 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4091 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4092 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4093 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4094 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4095 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4096 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4097 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004098 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4099 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4100 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4101 }
4102 return Opc;
4103}
4104
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004105/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4106/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4107/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004108Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4109 unsigned Op,
4110 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004111 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004112 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004113 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4114 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4115 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004116
4117 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004118 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4119 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4120 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004121 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4122 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4123 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4124 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4125 break;
4126 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004127 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4128 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4129 break;
4130 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4131 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4132 break;
4133 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4134 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4135 break;
4136 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4137 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4138 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004139 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004140 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4141 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4142 break;
4143 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4144 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4145 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4146 case BinaryOperator::GT:
4147 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4148 break;
4149 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4150 case BinaryOperator::NE:
4151 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
4152 break;
4153 case BinaryOperator::And:
4154 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4155 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4156 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4157 break;
4158 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4159 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4160 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4161 break;
4162 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4163 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004164 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4165 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4166 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4167 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004168 break;
4169 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004170 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4171 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4172 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4173 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004174 break;
4175 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004176 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4177 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4178 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004179 break;
4180 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004181 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4182 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4183 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004184 break;
4185 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4186 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004187 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4188 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4189 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4190 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004191 break;
4192 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4193 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4194 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004195 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4196 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4197 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4198 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004199 break;
4200 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4201 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4202 break;
4203 }
4204 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004205 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004206 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004207 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4208 else
4209 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004210 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4211 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004212}
4213
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004214// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004215Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4216 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4217 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004218 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004219 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004220
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004221 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4222 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004223
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004224 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4225 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4226 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4227 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4228 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4229 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4230 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004231 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004232 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4233 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4234 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4235 Functions);
4236 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4237 DeclarationName OpName
4238 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4239 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004240 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004241
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004242 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4243 // binary operation.
4244 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004245 }
4246
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004247 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4248 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004249}
4250
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004251Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4252 unsigned OpcIn,
4253 ExprArg InputArg) {
4254 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004255
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004256 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4257 // appropriately.
4258 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004259 QualType resultType;
4260 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004261 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4262 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4263 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4264 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4265 break;
4266
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004267 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4268 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004269 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4270 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004271 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004272 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004273 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4274 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004275 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004276 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004277 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4278 break;
4279 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4280 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004281 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4282 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004283 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4284 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004285 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4286 break;
4287 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4288 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4289 break;
4290 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4291 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4292 resultType->isPointerType())
4293 break;
4294
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004295 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4296 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004297 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004298 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4299 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004300 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4301 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004302 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4303 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4304 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004305 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004306 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004307 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004308 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4309 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004310 break;
4311 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4312 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004313 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4314 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004315 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4316 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004317 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004318 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4319 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004320 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004321 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4322 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004323 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004324 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004325 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004326 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004327 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004328 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004329 resultType = Input->getType();
4330 break;
4331 }
4332 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004333 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004334
4335 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004336 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004337}
4338
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004339// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4340Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4341 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4342 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4343 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4344
4345 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4346 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4347 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4348 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4349 // the arguments.
4350 FunctionSet Functions;
4351 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4352 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4353 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4354 Functions);
4355 DeclarationName OpName
4356 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4357 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4358 }
4359
4360 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4361 }
4362
4363 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4364}
4365
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004366/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004367Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4368 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4369 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004370 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Steve Naroffd8eb4562009-03-13 16:03:38 +00004371 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = CurBlock ? CurBlock->LabelMap[LabelII] :
4372 LabelMap[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004373
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004374 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4375 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004376 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004377 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004378
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004379 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004380 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4381 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004382}
4383
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004384Sema::OwningExprResult
4385Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4386 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4387 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004388 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4389 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4390
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004391 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4392 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004393 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004394 }
4395
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004396 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4397 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4398 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004399
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004400 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4401 // should not warn about it being unused.
4402
4403 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4404 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4405 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004406
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004407 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4408 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4409 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4410 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4411 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004412
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004413 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004414 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004415 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004417 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4418 // expressions are not lvalues.
4419
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004420 substmt.release();
4421 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004422}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004423
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004424Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4425 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4426 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4427 TypeTy *argty,
4428 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4429 unsigned NumComponents,
4430 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4431 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4432 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004433 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4434 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004435
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004436 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4437
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004438 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4439 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4440 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004441 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004442 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004443
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004444 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4445 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004446
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004447 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4448 // the offsetof designators.
4449 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4450 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004451 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004452 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004453
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004454 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4455 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004456 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4457 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004458 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004459 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4460 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004461
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004462 if (!Dependent) {
4463 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4464 // leaks like a sieve.
4465 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4466 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4467 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4468 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4469 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4470 if (!AT) {
4471 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004472 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4473 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004474 }
4475
4476 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4477
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004478 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4479 // expression.
4480 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4481
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004482 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4483 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004484 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004485 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004486 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4487 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4488 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004489
4490 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4491 OC.LocEnd);
4492 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004493 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004494
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004495 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4496 if (!RC) {
4497 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004498 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4499 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004500 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004501
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004502 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4503 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4504 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4505 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4506 LookupMemberName)
4507 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004508 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004509 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004510 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4511 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004512
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004513 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4514 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4515 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4516 // matter here.
4517 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004518 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004519 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004520 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004521
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004522 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4523 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004524}
4525
4526
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004527Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4528 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4529 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004530 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4531 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004532
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004533 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004534
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004535 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4536 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004537}
4538
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004539Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4540 ExprArg cond,
4541 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4542 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4543 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4544 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4545 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004546
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004547 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4548
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004549 QualType resType;
4550 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4551 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4552 } else {
4553 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4554 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4555 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4556 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004557 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4558 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4559 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004560
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004561 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4562 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4563 }
4564
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004565 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4566 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4567 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004568}
4569
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004570//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4571// Clang Extensions.
4572//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4573
4574/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004575void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004576 // Analyze block parameters.
4577 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004578
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004579 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4580 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4581 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004582
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004583 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4584 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004585 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004586
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004587 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004588 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004589}
4590
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004591void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4592 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4593
4594 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4595 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4596 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4597
4598 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4599 if (T.isNull())
4600 T = Context.DependentTy;
4601
4602 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4603 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4604 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4605
4606 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4607 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
4608 Type *RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4609 .getTypePtr();
4610
4611 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4612 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
4613 return;
4614 }
4615
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004616 // Analyze arguments to block.
4617 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4618 "Not a function declarator!");
4619 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004620
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004621 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4622 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004623
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004624 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4625 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4626 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4627 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004628 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4629 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004630 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004631 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004632 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4633 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004634 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004635 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004636 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator (ParamInfo, CurScope);
4637
4638 Type* RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4639 .getTypePtr();
4640
4641 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4642 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004643 }
Steve Naroffe78b8092009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004644 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
4645 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004646
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004647 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4648 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4649 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4650 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4651 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004652}
4653
4654/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4655/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4656void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4657 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4658 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004659
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004660 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4661 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004662
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004663 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Douglas Gregor4a471aa2009-03-11 23:54:15 +00004664
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004665}
4666
4667/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4668/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004669Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4670 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004671 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4672 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4673 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4674
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004675 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4676 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004677
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004678 PopDeclContext();
4679
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004680 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4681 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004682
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004683 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4684 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4685 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004686
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004687 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4688 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4689 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004690
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004691 QualType BlockTy;
4692 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004693 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004694 else
4695 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004696 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004697
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004698 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4699
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004700 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004701
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004702 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4703 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4704 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004705}
4706
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004707Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4708 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4709 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004710 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4711
4712 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004713
4714 // Get the va_list type
4715 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4716 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4717 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4718 // a pointer for va_arg.
4719 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4720 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmanefbe85c2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004721 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004722 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
Eli Friedmanefbe85c2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004723 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004724
4725 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004726 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4727 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
4728 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004729
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004730 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004731 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004733 expr.release();
4734 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4735 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004736}
4737
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004738Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004739 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4740 // pointers on the target.
4741 QualType Ty;
4742 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4743 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4744 else
4745 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4746
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004747 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004748}
4749
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004750bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4751 SourceLocation Loc,
4752 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4753 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4754 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4755 bool isInvalid = false;
4756 unsigned DiagKind;
4757 switch (ConvTy) {
4758 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4759 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004760 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004761 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4762 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004763 case IntToPointer:
4764 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4765 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004766 case IncompatiblePointer:
4767 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4768 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004769 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4770 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4771 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004772 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4773 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4774 break;
4775 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004776 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4777 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4778 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4779 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4780 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4781 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4782 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4783 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4784 // C++ semantics.
4785 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4786 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4787 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004788 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4789 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004790 case IntToBlockPointer:
4791 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4792 break;
4793 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroffba80c9a2008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004794 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004795 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004796 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004797 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004798 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4799 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4800 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004801 case IncompatibleVectors:
4802 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4803 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004804 case Incompatible:
4805 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4806 isInvalid = true;
4807 break;
4808 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004809
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004810 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4811 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004812 return isInvalid;
4813}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004814
4815bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4816{
4817 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4818
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004819 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004820 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4821 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4822
4823 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4824 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4825 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4826 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4827 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4828 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4829 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004830
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004831 return true;
4832 }
4833
4834 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004835 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004836 E->getSourceRange();
4837
4838 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4839 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4840 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4841 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004842
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004843 if (Result)
4844 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4845 return false;
4846}